]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
Merge pull request #7991 from poettering/n-on-console
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
2b0c59ba
MP
3CHANGES WITH 237 in spe:
4
5 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
7 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
8 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
9
49e87292
LP
10 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
11 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
12 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
13 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
14 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
15 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
16 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
17 behaviour has been altered slightly, to match what the documentation
18 says: lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files
19 don't exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the
20 file.
21
2b0c59ba
MP
22 — Berlin, 2018-XX-XX
23
a1b2c92d 24CHANGES WITH 236:
195b943d 25
89780840
ZJS
26 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
27 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
28 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
29 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
195b943d 30
3925496a
LP
31 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
32 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
33 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
34 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
35 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
36 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
37 valid specifiers today.)
751223fe 38
e6b2d948 39 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
89780840
ZJS
40 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
41 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
42 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
43 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
44 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
e6b2d948 45
67eb5b38
LP
46 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
47 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
48 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
49 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
50
89780840
ZJS
51 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
52 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
53 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
54 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
55 services are resolved properly.
67eb5b38 56
3925496a
LP
57 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
58 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
59 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
60 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
61 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
62 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
63 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
64 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
65 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
66 and btrfs.
67
67eb5b38
LP
68 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
69 DNS server and domain information.
70
71 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
72 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
73 runtime.
74
89780840 75 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
67eb5b38
LP
76 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
77 empty for the first time.
78
8ea2dcb0
ZJS
79 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
80 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
81 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
82 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
83 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
84 running in the user session.
85
86 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
87 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
88 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
89 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
90 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
91 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
67eb5b38 92 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8ea2dcb0 93 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
67eb5b38
LP
94 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
95 user instance).
96
97 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
98 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
99
100 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
89780840
ZJS
101 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
102 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
103 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
67eb5b38
LP
104
105 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
89780840 106 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67eb5b38
LP
107
108 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
109 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
110 sleep verbs.
111
e9ad86d5 112 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
67eb5b38
LP
113
114 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
89780840 115 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
67eb5b38 116
89780840 117 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
67eb5b38 118
89780840
ZJS
119 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
120 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
121 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
67eb5b38 122
89780840
ZJS
123 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
124 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
125 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
126 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
127 instance.
67eb5b38
LP
128
129 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
130 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
131 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
132
133 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
134 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
135 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
136
89780840 137 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
67eb5b38 138
89780840
ZJS
139 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
140 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
141 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
142 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
143 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
144 processes.
67eb5b38 145
89780840
ZJS
146 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
147 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
148 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
149 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
67eb5b38
LP
150
151 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
152 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
153 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
154
89780840
ZJS
155 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
156 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
157 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
158 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
159 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
160
67eb5b38
LP
161 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
162 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
163
164 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
165 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
166 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
167 time the specified expression would elapse.
168
169 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
89780840
ZJS
170 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
171 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
172 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
173 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
174 types, not just services.
67eb5b38
LP
175
176 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
dd014eeb 177 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
67eb5b38
LP
178 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
179 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
180
181 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
182 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
183 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
184 interface for this purpose.
185
186 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
187 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
188 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
189 anyway.
190
3925496a
LP
191 * A new document UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree, that
192 documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
193 requirements of systemd.
194
195 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
196 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
197 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
198
199 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
200 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
201 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
202 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
203
a327431b
DB
204 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
205 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
206 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
207 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
208
ea2a3c9e
LP
209 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
210 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
211
a1b2c92d
LP
212 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
213 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
214 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
215 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
216 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
217 managing software supports (such as pppd).
218
219 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
220 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
221 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
222
3925496a
LP
223 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
224 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
225 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
ea2a3c9e 226 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
a1b2c92d
LP
227 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
228 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
229 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
230 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
231 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
232 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
233 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
234 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
235 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
236 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
237 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
238 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
239 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
240 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
241 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
242 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
243 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
244 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
245 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
67eb5b38 246
ea2a3c9e 247 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3754abc5 248
582faeb4
DJL
249CHANGES WITH 235:
250
2bcbffd6
LP
251 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
252 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
253 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
254 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
23d37367 255 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2bcbffd6
LP
256 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
257 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
258 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
259 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
260 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
261 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
262 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
263 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
264 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
265 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
266 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
267 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
268 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
269 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
270 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
271 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
272 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
273 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
274 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
275 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
276 IPAddressDeny= see below.
277
fccf5419
LP
278 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
279 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
280 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
281 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
282 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
283 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
284 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
285 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 286
ef5a8cb1 287 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
288 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
289 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
290 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 291
fccf5419
LP
292 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
293 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
294 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
295 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
296 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
297 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 298
21723f53
ZJS
299 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
300 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
301 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
302 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
303
304 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
305 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
306 one top-level directory.
307
308 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
309 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
310 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 311 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
312 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
313 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
314 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
315 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
316 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
317 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
318 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
319 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
320 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
321 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
322 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
323
324 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
325 Meson-only.
326
327 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
328 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
329 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
330 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
331 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
332 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
333 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
334 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
335 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
336 acceptable to us.
337
338 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
339 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
340 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
341 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
342 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
343 requested at build time.
344
345 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
346 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
347 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
348 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
349 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
350 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
351 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
352 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
353 Type= setting which permits configuring
354 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
355
356 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
357 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
358 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
359 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
360 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
361 local frames between bridge ports.
362
363 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
364 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
365 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
366
367 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 368 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
369
370 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
371 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
372 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
373 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
374
375 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
376 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
377 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
378 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
379 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
380 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
381 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
382 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
383
384 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
385 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
386 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
387 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
388 command.)
389
390 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
391 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
392 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
393
44898c53
LP
394 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
395 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
396 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
397 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
398
399 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
400 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
401 configured, except for the credentials applied by
402 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
403 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
404 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
405 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
406 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
407 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
408 on systems where this is not supported.
409
410 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
411 sockets.
412
413 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
414 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
415 during runtime.
416
417 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
418 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 419 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
420
421 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
422 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
423 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
424
425 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
426 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
427 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
428 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 429 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
430 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
431 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
432
433 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
434 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
435 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
436 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
437
438 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
439 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
440 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
441 --wait".
442
443 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
444 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
445 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
446 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
447 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
448 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
449 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
450 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
451 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
452
21723f53 453 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 454 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
455 containing information about the consumed resources of this
456 invocation.
457
458 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
459 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
460 processes.
461
e06fafb2
LP
462 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
463 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
464 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
465 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
466 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
467 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
468 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
469 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
470 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
471 systems for all five operations.
472
473 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
474 the system.
475
fccf5419
LP
476 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
477 than UTC or the local timezone.
478
f6e64b78 479 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
480 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
481 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
482 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
483 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
484 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
485 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
486 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 487
d55b0463
LP
488 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
489 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
490 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
491 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
492 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
493 again.
494
495 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
496 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
497 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 498
fccf5419
LP
499 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
500 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
501 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
502 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
503 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
504 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
505 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
506 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
507 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
508 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
509 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
510 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
511 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
512 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
513 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
514 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
515 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
516 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
517 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
518 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 519
c1719d8b 520 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
fccf5419 521
4b4da299
LP
522CHANGES WITH 234:
523
524 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
525 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
526 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
527 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
528 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
529 summary:
530
531 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
532
533 becomes:
534
535 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
536
537 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
538 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
539 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
540 .device units.
541
542 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
543 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
544 running a systemd user instance.
545
546 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
547 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
548 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
549 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
550 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
551 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
552
9f09a95a 553 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
554
555 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
556 (domain search list).
557
558 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
559 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
560 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
561 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
562 implementation of RA.
563
564 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
565 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
566 ISO date values.
567
568 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
569 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
570 devices.
571
572 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
573 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
574 option.
575
576 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
577 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
578 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
579 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
580
581 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
582 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
583 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
584 SHA256SUMS files.
585
586 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
587 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
588
589 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
590
591 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
592
593 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
594 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
595
596 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
597 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
598 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
599 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
600
9f09a95a
ZJS
601 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
602 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 603 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
604 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
605 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
606 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
607 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
608 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
609 systemd-logind to be safe. See
610 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
611
9d8813b3
YW
612 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
613 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
614 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
615 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 616 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
617 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
618
184d2c15 619 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
620 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
621 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
622 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
623 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
624 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
625 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
626 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
627 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
628 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
629 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
630 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
631 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
632 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
633 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
634 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
635 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
636 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
637 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
638 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
639 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
640 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
641 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
642 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
643 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
644 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
645 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
646 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
647 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
648 Георгиевски
4b4da299 649
ac172e52 650 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 651
a2b53448 652CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 653
23eb30b3
ZJS
654 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
655 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
656 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
657 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
658 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
659 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
660 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
661 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
662 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
663
664 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
665 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
666 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
667 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
668 default selected on the configure command line
669 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
670 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
671 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
672 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
673 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
674 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
675 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
676 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
677 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
678 greatest stability and compatibility only.
679
680 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
681 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
682 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
683 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
684 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
685 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
686 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
687 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
688 further details about this.)
689
fb7c4eff
MG
690 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
691 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
692 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
693
23eb30b3
ZJS
694 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
695 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
696
d60c5270 697 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
698 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
699 with 'make install-tests'.
700
23eb30b3
ZJS
701 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
702 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
703 kernel.
704
705 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
706 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
707 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
708 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
709 by the Slice= option.
710
5cfc0a84
LP
711 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
712 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
713 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
714 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
715
2bcc3309
FB
716 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
717 following choices:
718
b0eb2944 719 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 720 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 721 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 722 (h)elp
eedf223a 723 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 724 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
725 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
726 (y)es, execute the command
727
728 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
729 because its meaning was confusing.
730
d08ee7cb
LP
731 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
732 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
733
8e458bfe
JW
734 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
735 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
736 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
737
85266f9b
LP
738 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
739 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
740 state directly, without executing these commands.
741
baf32786
MP
742 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
743 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 744 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 745
631b676b
LP
746 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
747 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
748 combination with After=) have been started.
749
d08ee7cb
LP
750 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
751 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 752 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
753
754 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 755 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 756 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 757 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
758 configuration related calls.
759
760 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
761 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
762 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
763 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
764 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
765 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
766 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 767
23eb30b3
ZJS
768 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
769 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
770
771 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
772 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
773 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
774
23eb30b3
ZJS
775 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
776 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
777
778 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
779 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
780 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
781 for compatibility.
782
783 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
784 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
785
786 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
787 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
788
789 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
790 support for negative matching.
791
d08ee7cb
LP
792 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
793
794 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
795 permitted runtime of the mount command.
796
797 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
798 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
799 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
800 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
801 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
802 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
803 removed from the drive.
804
23eb30b3
ZJS
805 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
806 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
807
808 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
809 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
810
23eb30b3
ZJS
811 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
812 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
813 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
814
815 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
816 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
817 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
818 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
819 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
820 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
821 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
822
823 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
824 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
825 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 826 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
827 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
828 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
829
830 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
831 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
832
23eb30b3
ZJS
833 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
834 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 835 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 836 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
837 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
838 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
839 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
840 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
841
842 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
843 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
844 including all control processes.
845
846 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
847 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
848 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
849
850 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
851 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
852 prefixing the source path with "+".
853
854 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
855 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
856 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
857 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
858 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
859 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
860 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
861 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
862
baf32786
MP
863 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
864 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
865 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
866
867 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
868 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
869 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
870 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
871 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
872 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
873 the new --root-hash= command line option).
874
875 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
876 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
877 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
878 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
879 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
880 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
881 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 882 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
883 versions.
884
885 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 886 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
887 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
888 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
889 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
890 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
891 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
892 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
893 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
894 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
895 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
896 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
897 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
898 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
899 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
900 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
901 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
902 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
903 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
904 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
905 a Verity-enabled root partition.
906
d08ee7cb
LP
907 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
908 accelerometer quirks.
909
910 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
911 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
912 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
913 ID of each service.
914
915 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
916 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
917 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
918 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
919 view.
920
921 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
922 environment variables:
923
924 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
925
926 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
927 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
928 address.
929
930 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
931 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
932 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
933
d08ee7cb 934 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
935 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
936 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
937 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
938 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 939 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
940 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
941 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
942 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
943 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
944 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
945 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 946 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
947
948 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
949 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
950 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
951
952 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
953 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
954
955 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
956 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
957 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
958 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 959 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
960
961 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
962 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
963 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
964
965 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
966 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
967
968 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
969 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
970 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
971 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
972
973 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
974 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
975 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
976 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
977 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
978 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
979 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
980 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
981 possibly even including full integrity data.
982
983 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 984 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
985 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
986 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
987 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
988
989 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
990 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
991 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
992 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
993 directly with systemd-nspawn.
994
d08ee7cb 995 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 996 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
997 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
998 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
999
c1ec34d1 1000 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
1001 of coredumps in reverse order.
1002
23eb30b3
ZJS
1003 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1004 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1005 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1006 additional informational message in its output.
1007
1008 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1009 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1010 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1011
d08ee7cb 1012 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 1013 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
1014 scripting languages such as Python.
1015
1016 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1017 namespacing is enabled for them.
1018
baf32786 1019 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
1020 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1021 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 1022 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
1023 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1024 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 1025
a2b53448
LP
1026 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1027 root key (KSK).
1028
a2b53448
LP
1029 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1030 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1031 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1032
d08ee7cb
LP
1033 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1034 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1035 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1036 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1037 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1038 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1039 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1040 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1041 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
1042 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1043 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1044 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1045 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1046 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1047 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1048 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1049 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1050 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1051 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1052 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1053 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1054 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1055 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1056 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1057 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1058 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1059 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1060 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1061 Тихонов
1062
1063 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 1064
54b24597 1065CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 1066
05f426d2
LP
1067 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1068 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1069 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1070 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1071 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1072 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1073
4ffe2479
ZJS
1074 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1075 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1076
6fa44114 1077 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
1078 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1079 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 1080
4a77c53d
ZJS
1081 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1082 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1083 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1084
e49e2c25 1085 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
1086 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1087 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1088 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1089
6fa44114 1090 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
1091 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1092
1093 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1094 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1095 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1096
4ffe2479
ZJS
1097 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1098 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1099 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1100 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1101 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1102 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1103 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
1104 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1105 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1106 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 1107
171ae2cd 1108 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 1109 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 1110 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1111
1112 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
1113 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1114 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1115 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1116
1117 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1118 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1119 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1120 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1121
1122 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1123 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1124
1125 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1126 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1127 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1128 and the support is provisional.
1129
171ae2cd
LP
1130 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1131 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1132 unit files in the file system).
1133
1134 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1135 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1136 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1137 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1138 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1139 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1140 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1141 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1142 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1143 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1144 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1145 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1146
1147 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1148 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1149 option.
1150
1151 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1152 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1153 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1154 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1155 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1156 else.
1157
171ae2cd
LP
1158 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1159 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1160 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1161 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1162 bootable on physical systems.
1163
4a77c53d 1164 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1165
1166 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1167 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1168 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1169 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1170 used.
1171
1172 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 1173 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
1174 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1175 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1176
05ecf467 1177 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 1178
d4c08299 1179 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
1180 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1181 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1182 of the container).
1183
171ae2cd 1184 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
1185 files from the specified location.
1186
1187 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1188 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1189 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1190 be active.
1191
1192 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1193 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1194 trackball devices.
1195
1196 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1197 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1198 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1199
1200 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
1201 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1202 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 1203
171ae2cd 1204 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
1205 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1206
171ae2cd 1207 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 1208 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
1209 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1210 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1211 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1212
1213 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1214 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1215 are automatically propagated to the container.
1216
1217 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
1218 from a single IP address can be limited with
1219 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1220 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 1221
4a77c53d
ZJS
1222 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1223 configuration.
1224
1225 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1226 drop-ins.
1227
4ffe2479
ZJS
1228 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1229 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1230 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1231 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1232 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1233 [Link] section of .link files.
1234
171ae2cd
LP
1235 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1236 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1237 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1238 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 1239
171ae2cd 1240 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
1241 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1242 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1243
171ae2cd 1244 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
1245 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1246 .network files.
1247
171ae2cd
LP
1248 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1249 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1250 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1251 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 1252
4a77c53d 1253 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 1254 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
1255 has been traditionally doing.
1256
1257 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1258 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1259 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1260 prevent any later plugins from running.
1261
76153ad4 1262 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 1263 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
1264 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1265 default of SplitMode=uid.
1266
4a77c53d
ZJS
1267 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1268 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1269 useful.
1270
4ffe2479
ZJS
1271 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1272 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1273 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1274 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1275 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1276 individual namespaces.
1277
171ae2cd
LP
1278 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1279 the output, as well as OS release information.
1280
1281 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1282
1283 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1284 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1285 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1286 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1287 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1288
1289 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1290 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1291 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1292 severed.
1293
1294 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1295 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1296 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1297 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1298 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1299 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1300 information about exit statuses and results.
1301
4c37970d
LP
1302 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1303 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1304 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1305 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1306 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1307 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1308
1309 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1310
1311 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1312 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1313 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1314 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1315 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1316 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1317 entirely.
1318
1319 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1320 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1321 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1322
1323 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1324 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1325 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1326 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1327 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1328 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1329 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1330 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1331 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1332 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1333 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1334 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1335 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1336 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1337 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1338 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1339 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1340
1341 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1342 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1343 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1344 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1345
1346 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1347 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1348 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1349 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1350
1351 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1352 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1353 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1354 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1355 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1356 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1357 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1358 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1359 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1360 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1361 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1362 fragment entirely.)
1363
1364 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1365 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1366 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1367
1368 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1369 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1370 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1371 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1372
1373 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1374 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1375 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1376 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1377 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1378 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1379
1380 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1381 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1382
b4eed568
LP
1383 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1384 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1385
1386 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1387 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1388 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1389 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1390 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1391
07393b6e
LP
1392 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1393 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1394 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1395 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1396 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1397 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1398 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1399 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1400 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1401 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1402 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1403 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1404 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1405 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1406 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1407 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1408 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1409 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1410 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1411 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1412 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1413 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1414 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1415 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1416 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1417 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1418
54b24597 1419 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 1420
5cd118ba
MP
1421CHANGES WITH 231:
1422
fcd30826
LP
1423 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1424 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 1425 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
1426 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1427 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1428 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1429 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1430 independently.
1431
1432 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1433 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1434
1435 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1436 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1437 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1438 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 1439 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
1440 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1441 values.
1442
1443 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1444 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1445 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1446 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1447 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1448
1449 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1450 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1451 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1452 7:10am every day.
1453
1454 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1455 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1456 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1457 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1458 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1459 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1460 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1461 available for compatibility.
1462
1463 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1464 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1465 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1466 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1467 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1468 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1469
1470 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1471 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1472 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1473 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1474 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1475 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1476 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1477 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1478 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1479
1480 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1481 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1482 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1483 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
1484 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1485 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1486 desired options.
1487
fcd30826
LP
1488 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1489 cgroupsv2.
1490
1491 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1492 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1493 limited to subgroups of that group.
1494
1495 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1496 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1497 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 1498 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
1499 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1500 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1501 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1502 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1503
1504 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1505 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1506 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1507 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1508 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1509 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1510 own long-running services.
1511
1512 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1513 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1514 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1515 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1516
1517 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1518 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1519 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1520 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1521 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1522 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1523 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1524 primitives.
1525
1526 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1527 "terminate".
1528
1529 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1530 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1531
1532 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1533 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1534 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1535 --flush-caches".
1536
771de3f5 1537 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
1538 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1539 is shown.
1540
1541 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1542 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1543 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 1544 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
1545 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1546 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1547
1548 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1549 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1550 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1551 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1552 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1553 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1554 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1555 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1556 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1557 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1558 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1559 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1560 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1561 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1562 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1563 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1564 bus API instead.
1565
1566 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1567 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1568 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1569 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1570
1571 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1572 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1573 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1574 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1575
1576 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1577 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1578 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1579
1580 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1581 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1582
1583 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1584 interface configuration.
1585
1586 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1587 specifying the --force switch.
1588
1589 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1590 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1591 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1592
43a569a1
ZJS
1593 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1594 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1595 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1596 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 1597 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
1598 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1599 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1600 to be handled.
1601
1602 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1603 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1604
1605 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1606 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1607
1608 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1609 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1610 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1611
0f1da52b
LP
1612 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1613 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1614
1615 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1616 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1617 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1618 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1619 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1620 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1621 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
1622 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1623 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1624 library.
43a569a1 1625
fcd30826
LP
1626 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1627 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1628 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1629 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1630 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1631 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 1632 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
1633 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1634 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1635 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 1636
4ffe2479
ZJS
1637 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1638 distribution's bugtracker.
1639
38b383d9
LP
1640 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1641 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1642 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1643 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1644 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1645 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1646 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1647 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1648 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1649 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1650 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1651 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1652 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1653 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1654 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1655 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
1656 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1657 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 1658 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 1659
38b383d9 1660 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 1661
46e40fab 1662CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 1663
61ecb465
LP
1664 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1665 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1666 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1667 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1668 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1669 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1670 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1671 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1672 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 1673 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
1674 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1675 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1676 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1677 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1678 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
1679 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1680 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1681 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1682 applications.)
61ecb465 1683
96515dbf 1684 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 1685 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 1686 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 1687
97e5530c
ZJS
1688 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1689 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 1690 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
1691 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1692 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1693 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1694 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
1695
1696 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1697 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1698 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 1699 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 1700 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 1701 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
1702
1703 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1704 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1705 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
1706 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1707 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1708 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 1709
95365a57 1710 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 1711 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 1712
e75690c3
ZJS
1713 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1714 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 1715 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
1716
1717 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1718
96515dbf 1719 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 1720 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
1721 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1722 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1723 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 1724
96515dbf
ZJS
1725 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1726 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1727 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 1728 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 1729
e40a326c
LP
1730 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1731 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
1732 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1733 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
1734 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1735 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 1736
e40a326c
LP
1737 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1738 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
1739 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1740
1741 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1742 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1743 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1744 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1745 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1746 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1747
1748 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1749 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1750 address.
1751
1752 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1753 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1754 should be emitted.
96515dbf 1755
e40a326c 1756 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
1757 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1758 supported.
1759
e40a326c
LP
1760 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1761 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1762 logging performance.
96515dbf 1763
e75690c3
ZJS
1764 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1765 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1766 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1767 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1768 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1769 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1770
1771 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1772 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1773 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1774 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1775
e40a326c
LP
1776 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1777 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
1778
1779 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1780 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1781 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1782
e75690c3 1783 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
1784
1785 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1786 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
1787 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1788 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 1789
e75690c3
ZJS
1790 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1791 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1792 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1793 refuse to operate on such files.
1794
e40a326c
LP
1795 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1796 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1797 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1798
1799 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1800 just hidden container images.
1801
e40a326c
LP
1802 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1803 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1804
e40a326c
LP
1805 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1806 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1807 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1808 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
1809 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1810 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1811 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1812 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1813 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1814 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1815 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 1816
25b0e6cb
LP
1817 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1818 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1819 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1820 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1821 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1822 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1823 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1824 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1825 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1826 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1827 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1828 terminates.
1829
e40a326c 1830 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
1831 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1832 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1833 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 1834
030bd839 1835 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
1836 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1837 rate of the socket unit.
1838
1839 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1840 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1841 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1842 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1843 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1844
999a43f8
LP
1845 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1846 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1847 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 1848 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
1849 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1850 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1851 with this.
1852
e75690c3
ZJS
1853 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1854 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1855
1856 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1857 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1858
1859 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1860 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1861 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1862 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1863 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1864
1865 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1866 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1867 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1868
4f9020fa
DR
1869 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1870 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1871 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1872 target is now included in early userspace.
1873
e75690c3
ZJS
1874 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1875 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1876 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1877 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1878 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1879 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1880 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1881 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
1882 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1883 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
1884 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1885 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1886 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
1887 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1888 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1889 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
1890 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1891 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1892 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1893 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1894 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1895 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
1896 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1897 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1898 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1899 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 1900
46e40fab 1901 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 1902
61f32bff
MP
1903CHANGES WITH 229:
1904
d5f8b295
LP
1905 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1906 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1907 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
1908 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1909 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1910 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1911 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1912 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1913 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1914 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1915 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1916 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1917 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
1918
1919 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
1920 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1921 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1922 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
1923
1924 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1925 devices.
1926
a7c723c0
LP
1927 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1928 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1929 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1930 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1931 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1932 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1933 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1934 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1935 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1936 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1937 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1938 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1939 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1940 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1941 this limit.
1942
1943 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1944 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1945 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1946 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1947 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1948 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1949 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1950 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1951
1952 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1953 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1954 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1955 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1956 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1957 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1958 and group at package installation time.
1959
d5f8b295
LP
1960 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1961 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1962 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1963 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1964 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1965
8968aea0
MP
1966 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1967 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
1968 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1969 supports it.
1970
1971 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1972 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1973
1974 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1975 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1976 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1977 file is already initialized.
1978
1979 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1980 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
1981 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1982 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1983 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1984 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1985 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1986 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
1987 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1988
1989 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1990 working directory for the process started in the container.
1991
ed5f8840
ZJS
1992 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1993 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1994 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1995 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1996 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
1997
1998 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1999 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2000 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2001
2002 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2003 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2004 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2005 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2006
2007 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
2008 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2009 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2010 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2011 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
2012
2013 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
2014 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2015 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2016 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2017
2018 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2019 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2020 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
2021 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2022 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2023 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2024 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2025 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 2026 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
2027 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2028 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2029 by PID 1.
2030
50f48ad3
DM
2031 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2032 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2033 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2034 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2035 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2036 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2037 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2038 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2039
2040 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2041
d5f8b295 2042 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 2043 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
2044 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2045
8968aea0
MP
2046 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2047 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2048 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
2049 recent kernels.
2050
2051 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2052 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2053
8968aea0 2054 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
2055 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2056 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2057 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2058 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2059 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2060 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2061 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2062 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2063 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 2064 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
2065 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2066 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
2067
2068 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
2069 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2070 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2071 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
2072
2073 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2074
2075 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2076 sockets.
2077
2078 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2079
2080 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2081 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2082 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2083 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2084 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2085 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2086
2087 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2088 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2089 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2090
2091 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2092 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
2093 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2094 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
2095
2096 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 2097
dd95b381
LP
2098 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2099 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2100 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2101 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2102 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2103 maintain compatibility.
2104
3545ab35
LP
2105 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2106 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2107 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2108 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2109 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2110 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2111 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2112 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2113 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2114 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2115 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2116 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2117 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2118 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2119 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2120 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2121 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2122 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2123 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2124
ccddd104 2125 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 2126
a11c7ea5
LP
2127CHANGES WITH 228:
2128
a11c7ea5
LP
2129 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2130 files are now also available as properties to set when
2131 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2132 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2133 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2134 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2135 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2136 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2137 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2138
28c85daf
LP
2139 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2140 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2141 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 2142
f1f8a5a5
LP
2143 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2144 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2145 created transiently.
2146
a11c7ea5
LP
2147 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2148 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2149 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2150 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2151 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 2152 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
2153 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2154 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2155
28c85daf
LP
2156 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2157 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2158 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2159
a11c7ea5
LP
2160 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2161 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2162 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2163 enabled.
2164
f1f8a5a5
LP
2165 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2166 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2167 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2168 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2169 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2170 subvolumes.
2171
a11c7ea5
LP
2172 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2173 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2174
28c85daf 2175 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
2176 individual indexes.
2177
28c85daf
LP
2178 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2179 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2180 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2181 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2182 suffixes now.
2183
f1f8a5a5
LP
2184 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2185 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2186 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2187 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2188 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2189 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2190 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2191 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2192 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2193 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2194 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2195 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2196 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2197 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2198 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2199 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2200 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2201 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2202 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2203 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2204 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2205
28c85daf
LP
2206 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2207 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2208 links between the host and the container.
2209
2210 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2211 added that allows importing select environment variables
2212 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2213 the service.
2214
ddb4b0d3 2215 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 2216 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
2217 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2218 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2219 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2220 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2221 than until they first elapse.
2222
a11c7ea5 2223 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
2224 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2225 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
2226 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2227 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2228 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2229 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2230 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2231
28c85daf
LP
2232 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2233 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2234 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2235 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2236 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2237 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2238 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 2239 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
2240 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2241 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 2242
28c85daf
LP
2243 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2244 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2245 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 2246 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
2247 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2248 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2249 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2250 software you package still references it, as this is a
2251 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2252 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2253
2254 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 2255
d5bd92bb
LP
2256 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2257 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2258
a11c7ea5
LP
2259 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2260 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2261 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2262
b9e2f7eb
LP
2263 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2264 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2265 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2266 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2267 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2268 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2269 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2270 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2271 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2272 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2273 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2274 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2275 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2276 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2277 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2278 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2279
2280 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2281 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2282 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2283 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2284 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2285 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2286 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2287 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2288 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2289 surprises.
2290
28c85daf
LP
2291 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2292 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2293 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2294 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2295 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2296 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2297 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2298 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2299 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2300 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2301 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 2302 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
2303 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2304 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2305 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2306 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2307 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2308 of PID 1 is the root user).
2309
2310 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2311 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2312 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
2313 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2314 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2315 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2316 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2317 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2318 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2319 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2320 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2321 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2322 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2323 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2324 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 2325
ccddd104 2326 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 2327
c97e586d
DM
2328CHANGES WITH 227:
2329
2330 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2331 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2332 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2333
2334 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2335 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2336 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2337 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2338 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2339 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2340
d046fb93
LP
2341 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2342 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
2343 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2344 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 2345 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
2346
2347 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
2348 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2349 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2350 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2351 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2352 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
2353
2354 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 2355 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
2356 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2357 automatically.
2358
21d86c61
DM
2359 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2360 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2361 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2362
2363 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2364 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2365 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2366 for disk IO.
2367
2368 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2369 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2370 removed.
2371
d046fb93
LP
2372 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2373 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2374 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2375 configured in User=.
21d86c61 2376
fe08a30b
LP
2377 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2378 directory of the selected user by default.
2379
21d86c61 2380 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
2381 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2382 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2383 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2384 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2385 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2386 compat reasons.
21d86c61 2387
fe08a30b 2388 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 2389 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
2390 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2391 units.
2392
2393 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2394 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2395 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2396 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2397 level.
2398
2399 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2400 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2401 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2402 namespaces work correctly.
2403
2404 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2405 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2406 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 2407 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
2408 activation.
2409
2410 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2411 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2412 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2413 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2414 system instance in a container.
2415
2416 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2417 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2418 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2419 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2420 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2421 connections.
2422
2423 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2424 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2425
2426 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2427 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2428 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2429 processes attached, or similar.
2430
bdba9227
DM
2431 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2432 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2433 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2434
2435 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2436 specifiers like %i or %f.
2437
ce830873 2438 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
2439 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2440 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2441 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2442
bdba9227
DM
2443 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2444 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 2445 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
2446 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2447 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2448 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 2449
d046fb93
LP
2450 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2451
0053598f 2452 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 2453 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
2454
2455 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2456 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2457
2458 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 2459 .network files.
fe08a30b 2460
bdba9227
DM
2461 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2462 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2463 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2464 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2465 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2466 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2467 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2468 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2469 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2470 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2471 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2472 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2473 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2474 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2475 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
2476
2477 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2478 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2479 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2480 next to the image file.
c97e586d 2481
91d0d699
LP
2482 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2483 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2484 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2485 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2486
2487 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2488 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2489 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2490 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2491 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2492 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2493
d046fb93
LP
2494 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2495 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2496 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2497 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 2498 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
2499 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2500 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2501 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2502 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2503 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2504 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 2505
bdba9227
DM
2506 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2507 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 2508
efce0ffe 2509 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 2510
61e6771c
LP
2511 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2512 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2513 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2514 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2515 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2516 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2517 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2518 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2519 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2520 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2521 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2522 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2523 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2524 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2525 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2526 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2527 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2528 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2529
ccddd104 2530 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 2531
c9912c5e
DH
2532CHANGES WITH 226:
2533
5e8d4254
LP
2534 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2535 new features:
2536
2537 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2538 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2539 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2540 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2541 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2542 is any) is propagated.
2543
2544 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2545 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2546 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2547 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2548 information is enabled between host and containers by
2549 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2550 to what the host has set.
2551
2552 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2553 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2554
2555 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2556 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2557 information back, even if the server loses state.
2558
2559 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2560 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2561 PoolSize=.
2562
2563 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2564 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2565 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2566 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2567
2568 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2569 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2570 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2571 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2572 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2573
2574 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2575 for virtio devices.
2576
2577 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2578 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2579 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2580 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2581 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2582 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2583 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2584 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 2585 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
2586 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2587 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2588 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2589 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2590 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2591 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2592 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2593 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2594 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2595 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2596 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2597 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2598 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2599 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2600 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2601 grants them.
2602
2603 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2604 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2605 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2606 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2607 group tree.
2608
2609 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2610 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2611 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2612 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2613 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2614 work correctly in containers now.
2615
2616 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2617 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2618
c626bf1d
DM
2619 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2620 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
2621 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2622 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2623 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2624
2625 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2626 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2627 signal events.
2628
2629 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2630 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2631 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2632 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2633 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 2634
47f5a38c
LP
2635 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2636 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2637 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2638 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2639 nspawn command line.
2640
2f77decc
LP
2641 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2642 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2643 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2644 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2645 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2646 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2647 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 2648 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 2649
ccddd104 2650 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 2651
ec5249a2
DM
2652CHANGES WITH 225:
2653
5e8d4254
LP
2654 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2655 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2656 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2657 shell directly without prompting for username or
2658 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2659 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2660 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2661 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2662 the originating session.
2663
2664 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2665 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2666
2667 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2668 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2669 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2670 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2671 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2672 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2673 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2674 this release.
2675
2676 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2677 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2678 messages.
2679
2680 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2681 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2682 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2683
2684 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2685 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2686
2687 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2688 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2689 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2690 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2691 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2692 posteriori.
2693
2694 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2695 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2696
2697 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2698 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2699 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2700 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2701 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2702 "lastlog" tools.
2703
2704 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2705 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2706 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2707 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2708 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2709
2710 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2711 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2712 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2713 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2714 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2715 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2716 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2717 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2718 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2719 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2720 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2721 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 2722
ccddd104 2723 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 2724
11811e85
DH
2725CHANGES WITH 224:
2726
10fa421c
DH
2727 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2728 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2729
5e8d4254
LP
2730 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2731 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2732 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 2733
11811e85
DH
2734 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2735 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2736 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2737
ccddd104 2738 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 2739
e57eaef8
DH
2740CHANGES WITH 223:
2741
2742 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2743 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2744 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2745 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2746
01608bc8 2747 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
2748 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2749
2750 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2751 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2752
931618d0
DM
2753 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2754
2755 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 2756 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
2757 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2758
2759 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2760 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2761 decapsulated packet.
2762
2763 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2764 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2765 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2766 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2767 netlink attribute.
2768
2769 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2770 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2771 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2772 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2773
2774 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2775 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2776 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 2777
f5f113f6
DH
2778 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2779 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2780
e57eaef8 2781 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 2782 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
2783 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2784
2785 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2786 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2787 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2788 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2789 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2790 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2791
2792 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
2793 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2794 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2795 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2796 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2797 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2798 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2799 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2800 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2801 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2802
ccddd104 2803 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 2804
0db83ad7 2805CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 2806
861b02eb
KS
2807 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2808 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2809 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2810
2811 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2812 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
2813
2814 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2815 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2816 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2817 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2818 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2819
5541c889
DH
2820 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2821 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2822 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2823
9b361114
DM
2824 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2825 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2826 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2827 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2828 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2829
2830 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2831
0db83ad7
DH
2832 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2833 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2834 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2835 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
2836 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2837 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
2838 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2839 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
2840 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2841 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 2842
ccddd104 2843 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 2844
0f0467e6
MP
2845CHANGES WITH 221:
2846
470e72d4 2847 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 2848 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
2849 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2850 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2851 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2852 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2853 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 2854 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
2855 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2856 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 2857 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 2858
470e72d4
LP
2859 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2860 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2861 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 2862 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
2863 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2864 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2865 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2866 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 2867 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
2868 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2869 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 2870
470e72d4
LP
2871 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2872 2.26.
2873
2874 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 2875 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
2876 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2877 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2878 in README for details.
2879
2880 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2881 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2882 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2883 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2884 unit.
2885
2886 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2887 into man pages.
2888
2889 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2890 external project.
2891
2892 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 2893 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
2894
2895 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2896 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2897 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2898 state.
2899
2900 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2901 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2902 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2903
2904 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2905 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2906 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2907 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2908 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2909 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2910 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2911 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2912 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2913 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2914 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
2915 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2916 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2917 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2918 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2919 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 2920
ccddd104 2921 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 2922
481a0aa2
LP
2923CHANGES WITH 220:
2924
f7a73a25
DH
2925 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2926 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2927 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2928 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2929 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2930 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2931 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 2932 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 2933
481a0aa2
LP
2934 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2935 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2936 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2937 service consumed). This value is only available if
2938 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2939 in the "systemctl status" output.
2940
2941 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2942 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 2943 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
2944 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2945 previously was already the default behaviour).
2946
2947 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2948 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2949 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2950
2951 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2952 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 2953 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
2954 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2955
2956 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2957 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2958 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2959 journalling file systems that support external journal
2960 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2961 systems to be mounted.
2962
2963 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2964 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2965 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2966 stable release this should not be problematic.
2967
2968 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2969 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2970 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2971 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2972 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2973
2974 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2975 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2976 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2977 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2978 network switches.
2979
2980 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2981 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2982
2983 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2984 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2985 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2986
2987 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2988
1579dd2c
LP
2989 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2990 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2991 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2992 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2993 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2994 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2995 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2996 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2997 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2998 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2999 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3000 been fixed in v220.
3001
481a0aa2
LP
3002 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3003 systemd-networkd.
3004
3005 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3006 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 3007 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
3008 containers started from the command line.
3009
3010 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3011 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3012
3013 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3014 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3015 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3016 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3017
3018 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3019 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3020 when shutting down.
3021
3022 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3023 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3024 overlayfs support.
3025
3026 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3027 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3028 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3029 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3030 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3031 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3032 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3033
3034 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3035 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3036 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3037
3038 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3039 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3040 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3041 of v1 as before).
3042
3043 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3044 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3045
3046 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
3047 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
3048 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
3049 their own sessions without further privileges or
3050 authorization.
3051
3052 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3053 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3054 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3055 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3056 accessible via a bus interface.
3057
3058 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3059 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3060 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3061 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3062 to cover this functionality.
3063
3064 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 3065 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
3066 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3067 disabled/masked also stopped.
3068
3069 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
3070 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3071 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
3072
3073 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3074 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3075 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3076 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3077 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 3078 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
3079 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3080 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3081 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3082
3083 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3084 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3085 system.
3086
3087 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3088 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3089 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3090 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3091 device symlinks.
3092
3093 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3094 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3095 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3096 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3097
3098 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3099 stick devices has been added.
3100
3101 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3102 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3103
3104 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3105 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3106 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3107 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3108 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3109
3110 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3111 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3112 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3113
3114 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3115 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3116 Debian.
3117
3118 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3119 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3120 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3121
3122 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3123 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3124 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3125 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3126 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3127 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3128 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3129 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3130 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3131 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3132 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3133 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3134 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3135 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3136 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3137 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3138 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3139 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3140 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3141 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3142 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3143 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3144 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3145 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3146 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3147 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3148 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3149
ccddd104 3150 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 3151
615aaf41
LP
3152CHANGES WITH 219:
3153
615aaf41
LP
3154 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3155 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3156 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3157 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3158 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3159 interface with and update the database.
3160
3161 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3162 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3163 before bytewise copying is done.
3164
3165 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3166 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3167 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3168 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3169 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3170 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3171 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3172 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3173 available on btrfs file systems.
3174
3175 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3176 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 3177 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
3178 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3179 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3180 systems.
3181
3182 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3183 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3184 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3185 mount point remains.
3186
3187 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3188 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3189 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3190 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3191 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3192 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3193 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3194 are disabled.
3195
3196 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3197 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3198 container to the host or vice versa.
3199
3200 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3201 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3202 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3203
3204 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3205 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3206
3207 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3208 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3209 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3210 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3211 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3212 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3213 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3214 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3215 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 3216 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
3217 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3218 make the functionality of importd available to the
3219 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3220 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3221 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3222 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3223 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3224 only fully supported on btrfs.
3225
3226 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3227 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3228 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3229 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3230 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3231 information about images.
3232
3233 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3234 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 3235 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
3236 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3237 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3238 legacy file systems).
3239
3240 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3241 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3242 shown in networkctl output.
3243
3244 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3245 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3246 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3247 processes as system services while interactively
3248 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3249 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3250 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3251 full login session, the difference being that the former
3252 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3253 setup.
3254
3255 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3256 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3257 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3258 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3259 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3260
3261 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3262 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3263 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3264 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3265 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3266 via qemu/kvm.
3267
3268 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3269 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3270 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3271 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3272 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3273 disk images, too.
3274
3275 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3276 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3277 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3278 integrate with that.
3279
3280 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3281 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3282 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3283 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3284
3285 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3286 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3287 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3288
3289 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3290 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3291 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3292 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3293 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3294 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3295 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3296 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3297 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3298 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3299
3300 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3301 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3302 files.
3303
3304 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 3305 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 3306 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 3307 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
3308 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3309 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3310 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3311 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3312 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3313 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3314 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3315 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3316 explicitly turned on.
3317
3318 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3319 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3320 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3321 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3322
3323 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3324 supported.
3325
3326 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3327 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3328 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3329 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3330 associated with a virtual machine or container
3331 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3332 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3333 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3334 output however.)
3335
3336 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3337 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3338 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3339 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3340 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3341 caller's session/user.
3342
3343 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3344 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3345 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3346 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3347 user services.
3348
3349 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3350 same way as unit files.
3351
3352 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3353 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3354 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3355 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3356 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3357 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3358 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3359 the host.
3360
3361 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3362 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3363 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3364 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3365 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3366 host.
3367
dd2fd155 3368 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
3369 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3370 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3371 updated to make use of it too by default.
3372
3373 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3374 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3375 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3376 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3377
3378 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3379 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3380 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3381 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3382 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3383 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3384 modification.
3385
3386 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3387 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3388 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 3389 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
3390 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3391 information about Touchpad types.
3392
3393 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3394 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3395
3396 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3397 Policy link field.
3398
3399 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3400 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3401
3402 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3403 ACLs on files.
3404
3405 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3406 tmpfs, automatically.
3407
3408 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3409 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3410 status" output, if available.
3411
3412 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3413 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3414 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3415 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3416 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3417 run on next reboot.
3418
3419 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3420 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3421 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3422 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3423 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3424 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3425 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3426
3427 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3428 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3429 after a configurable timeout.
3430
3431 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3432 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3433 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3434 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3435 it non-idle.
3436
3437 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3438 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3439
3440 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3441 each .network interface in networkd.
3442
3443 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3444 in .network files.
3445
3446 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3447 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3448
11ea2781 3449 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
3450 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3451 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3452 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3453 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3454 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3455 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3456 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3457 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3458 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3459 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3460 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3461 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3462 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3463 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
3464 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3465 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3466 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3467 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3468 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3469 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3470 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
3471 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3472 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 3473
ccddd104 3474 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 3475
d4f5a1f4
DH
3476CHANGES WITH 218:
3477
f9e00a9f
LP
3478 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3479 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3480 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 3481 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
3482
3483 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 3484 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
3485 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3486 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3487 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3488
3489 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3490
3491 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 3492 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
3493 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3494 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3495 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3496 modified configuration after editing.
3497
3498 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3499 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3500 system preset files.
3501
3502 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3503 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3504 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3505 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3506 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3507 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3508 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3509 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3510 other contexts.
3511
3512 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3513 inhibitors.
3514
122676c9 3515 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 3516 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
3517 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3518 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3519 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
3520
3521 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3522 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3523 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3524 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3525 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 3526 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
3527 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3528 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3529 parallel to journald.
3530
3531 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3532 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3533 available.
3534
3535 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3536 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 3537 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
3538 or are not older than the specified time.
3539
3540 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3541 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3542 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3543 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3544
3545 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3546 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3547 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3548 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3549 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3550 communication.
3551
3552 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3553 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3554 services.
3555
3556 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3557 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3558 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3559 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3560 the new "busctl tree" command.
3561
3562 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3563 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3564 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3565 friendly way.
3566
3567 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3568 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3569 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3570 race-ful way.
3571
3572 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3573 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 3574 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
3575 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3576 --link-journal=try-guest.
3577
3578 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3579 stable MAC addresses.
3580
3581 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3582 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3583 the respective unit shall use.
3584
d4f5a1f4
DH
3585 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3586 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3587 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3588 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3589
b938cb90 3590 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 3591 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 3592 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
3593 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3594 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3595 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3596
17c29493 3597 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
3598 details see:
3599
3600 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3601
3602 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3603 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
3604 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3605 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3606 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3607 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3608 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3609 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3610 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3611 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3612 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3613 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3614
f9e00a9f
LP
3615 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3616 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3617 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3618 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3619 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3620
3621 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3622 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3623 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3624 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3625 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3626 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3627 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3628 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3629
3630 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 3631 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
3632 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3633 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3634 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3635 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3636 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3637 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3638 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3639 interface.
3640
3641 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3642 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3643 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3644 luks.name= argument.
3645
3646 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3647 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3648 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3649 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3650 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3651 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3652
3653 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3654 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3655 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3656
13e92f39
LP
3657 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3658 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3659 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3660 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3661 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3662 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3663 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3664 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3665 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3666 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3667 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
3668 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3669 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3670 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3671 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3672 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3673 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3674 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 3675
ccddd104 3676 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 3677
b62a309a
ZJS
3678CHANGES WITH 217:
3679
78b6b7ce
LP
3680 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3681 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3682 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3683 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 3684
a65b8245
ZJS
3685 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3686 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3687 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3688 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 3689
b62a309a
ZJS
3690 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3691 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
3692 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3693 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 3694 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 3695 connection.
b62a309a 3696
78b6b7ce
LP
3697 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3698 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
3699
3700 * User units are now loaded also from
3701 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3702 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3703 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3704
4ffd29fd
LP
3705 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3706 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3707 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3708 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3709 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3710 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3711 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3712 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3713 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3714 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3715 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3716 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3717 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3718 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3719 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3720 question.
3721
b62a309a
ZJS
3722 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3723 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3724 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3725
3726 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3727 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3728 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 3729 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 3730
78b6b7ce
LP
3731 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3732 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3733 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 3734 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
3735
3736 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3737 systemd-networkd.
3738
ba8df74b 3739 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 3740 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
3741 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3742
3743 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3744 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3745
3746 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3747 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3748 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3749
78b6b7ce 3750 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 3751
4bdc60cb 3752 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 3753 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 3754 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
3755 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3756 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3757 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 3758
c4ac9900 3759 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
3760 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3761 respected.
3762
3763 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3764 virtualization.
3765
3766 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 3767 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
3768 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3769 on.
b62a309a 3770
e6c253e3
MS
3771 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3772
3773 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3774
ba8df74b
KS
3775 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3776 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
3777 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3778 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3779 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3780 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3781 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3782
4bdc60cb
LP
3783 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3784 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3785 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3786 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3787 from the service's view entirely.
3788
3789 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3790 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3791
3792 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3793 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3794 session.
3795
3796 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3797 legacy-free systems.
3798
78b6b7ce
LP
3799 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3800 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3801 easily.
3802
3803 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3804 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3805 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3806 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3807 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3808 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3809 option.
3810
3811 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 3812 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
3813 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3814 /usr.
3815
f6d1de85 3816 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
3817 services, not only the main process.
3818
3819 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3820 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3821 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3822 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3823 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3824
3769415e
TT
3825 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3826 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3827 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3828 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3829 directly from now on, again.
3830
fae9332b
LP
3831 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3832 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3833 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3834 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 3835 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
3836 unit file enabling and disabling.
3837
cfa1571b
LP
3838 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3839 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3840 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3841 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3842 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3843 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3844 unnecessary or unlikely.
3845
7e63dd10
LP
3846 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3847 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 3848 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
3849 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3850
d4474c41
TG
3851 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3852 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3853 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3854 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3855 overwritten at runtime.
3856
3b187c5c
LP
3857 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3858 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3859 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3860 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3861 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3862 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3863 segmentation fault.
3864
4b08dd87
LP
3865 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3866 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3867 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3868 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3869 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3870 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3871 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3872 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3873 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3874 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3875 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3876 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3877 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3878 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3879 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3880 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3881 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3882 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3883 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3884 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3885 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 3886 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 3887
ccddd104 3888 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 3889
b72ddf0f 3890CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
3891
3892 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 3893 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
3894 implementations should add a
3895
b72ddf0f 3896 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
3897
3898 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3899 default functionality.
3900
3901 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3902 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3903 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3904 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3905 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3906 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3907 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3908 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3909 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3910 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3911 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3912 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3913 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3914
3915 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 3916 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
3917 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3918 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3919 expected to be added eventually, too.
3920
3921 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3922 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3923 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3924 new command to update these fields.
3925
3926 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3927 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3928 have been discovered via DHCP.
3929
3930 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3931 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
3932 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3933 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
3934 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3935 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3936 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3937 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 3938 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
3939 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3940 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3941 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 3942 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
3943 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3944 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3945 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3946 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3947 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3948 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3949 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3950
3951 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3952 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3953 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3954
3955 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3956 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3957 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 3958 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
3959 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3960 control utility for networkd.
3961
3962 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3963 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 3964 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
3965 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3966 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3967 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3968 (NoDelay=).
3969
a1a4a25e 3970 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
3971 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3972
3973 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 3974 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
3975 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3976 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3977 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3978 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3979
3980 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3981 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3982 of the link.
3983
3984 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3985 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3986
3987 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3988 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3989
3990 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
3991 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3992 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3993 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
3994
3995 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3996 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3997 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3998 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3999 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4000 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4001 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4002 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4003
4004 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4005 validation of unit files.
4006
4007 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4008 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4009 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4010 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4011 address may now be configured.
4012
26568403
TG
4013 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4014 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4015 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4016 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4017
4018 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4019 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4020
4021 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4022 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4023 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4024 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4025
b2ca0d63
LP
4026 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4027 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4028 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4029 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4030 implementation.
4031
4032 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4033 journal data to a remote system running
4034 systemd-journal-remote.
4035
4036 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4037 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4038 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4039 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4040 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 4041 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
4042 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4043 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4044 version, you have to turn this option on again
4045 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4046
4047 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4048 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4049 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4050
4051 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4052 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4053
4054 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4055 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4056
4057 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4058 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4059 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4060
4061 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4062 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 4063 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
4064 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4065 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4066
01da80b1
LP
4067 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4068
4069 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4070
4071 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4072 when primary addresses are removed.
4073
b2ca0d63
LP
4074 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4075 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4076 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4077 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4078 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4079 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4080 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4081 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4082 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4083 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4084 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4085 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4086 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4087 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4088 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4089
ccddd104 4090 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 4091
3dff3e00 4092CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
4093
4094 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4095 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4096 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4097 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4098 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4099 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4100 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4101 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4102 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4103 require.
4104
4105 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4106 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4107
4108 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4109 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4110 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4111 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4112 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4113 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4114 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4115
4116 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4117 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4118 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4119 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4120 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4121 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4122 update or reset should use this condition and order
4123 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4124 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4125 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4126 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4127 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4128 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4129 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 4130 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
4131 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4132
4133 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4134
4135 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4136 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4137 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
4138 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4139
24a2bf4c
LP
4140 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4141 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4142 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4143 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4144 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4145 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4146 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
4147 .network files using settings of this section should be
4148 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4149 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 4150
c7435cc9
LP
4151 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4152 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
4153
4154 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4155 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4156 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4157 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4158 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4159 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4160 of nspawn instances.
4161
4162 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4163 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4164 added.
4165
4166 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4167 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4168 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4169 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4170 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4171 configuration stored in /etc.
4172
4173 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4174 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4175 parsing of unknown mount options.
4176
4177 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4178 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4179 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 4180 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
4181 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4182 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4183 pre-existing files of different types.
4184
4185 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4186 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 4187 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
4188 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4189 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4190 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4191 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4192
4193 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4194 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4195 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4196 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4197 shall be executed.
4198
4199 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4200 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 4201 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
4202
4203 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4204 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4205 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4206 reset.
4207
4208 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4209 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4210
4211 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4212 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4213 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4214
4215 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4216 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4217 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4218
4219 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4220 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4221 access to this group.
4222
4223 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4224 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4225 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4226 to the journal.
4227
4228 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4229 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4230 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4231 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4232 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4233 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4234
4235 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4236 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4237 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4238 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4239 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4240 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4241 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4242 the old name to the new name.
4243
4244 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 4245 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
4246 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4247
4248 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4249 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4250 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4251 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4252 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4253 "systemd-debug-generator".
4254
4255 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4256 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4257 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4258 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4259 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4260 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4261 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
4262 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4263 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
4264 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4265 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4266
4267 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4268 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4269 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
4270 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4271 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4272 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
4273
4274 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4275 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4276 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4277 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4278 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4279
4280 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4281 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4282 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4283 couple of drop-in directories.
4284
3058e017
TLSC
4285 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4286 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4287 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4288 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4289 for dev_port.
4290
c7435cc9
LP
4291 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4292 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4293 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4294 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4295
4296 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4297 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4298 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4299 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4300 Restart= setting.
4301
4302 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4303 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4304 directly connect to a specific container on the
4305 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4306 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4307 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4308 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4309 containers is a privileged operation.
4310
4311 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4312 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4313 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4314 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4315 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4316 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4317 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4318 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4319 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4320 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4321 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4322 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4323
ccddd104 4324 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 4325
4196a3ea
KS
4326CHANGES WITH 214:
4327
4328 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4329 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4330 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4331 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4332 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4333 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4334 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4335 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4336 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 4337 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 4338 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 4339 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 4340 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
4341 devices are excluded from this logic.
4342
04e91da2
LP
4343 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4344 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4345 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4346 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4347 change has been released.
4348
4349 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 4350 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
4351 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4352
ce830873 4353 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
4354 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4355 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 4356 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
4357
4358 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4359 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4360 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4361 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4362
a8eaaee7 4363 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
4364 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4365
a8eaaee7 4366 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
4367 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4368
4369 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 4370 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
4371 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4372
4373 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4374 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 4375 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
4376 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4377 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 4378 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 4379
cd14eda3 4380 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
4381 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4382 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 4383
ef392da6 4384 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 4385 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
4386 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4387 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4388 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4389 modifications of user data or system files from
4390 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4391 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4392
4393 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4394 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4395 and FIFOs in the file system.
4396
8d0e0ddd 4397 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
4398 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4399 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4400
4401 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4402 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 4403 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 4404 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
4405 the socket itself.
4406
4407 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4408 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4409 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4410 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4411 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4412 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4413 symlinks, and nothing else.
4414
4415 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4416 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4417 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4418 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4419 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4420 process (for example, the parent process). The
4421 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4422 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4423 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4424 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4425 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4426 messages to services when the originating process already
4427 vanished.
4428
4429 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 4430 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
4431 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4432 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4433 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4434 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4435 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4436 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4437 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4438 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4439 all long-running services.
4440
4441 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4442 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4443 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4444 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4445 service.
4446
4447 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4448 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4449 applied to all submounts, too.
4450
4451 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4452
4453 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4454 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4455 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4456 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4457 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4458 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4459 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4460
cc98b302 4461 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
4462 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4463 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 4464 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
4465 (domU) domains.
4466
4467 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4468 files or entire directories.
4469
4470 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
4471 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4472 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4473 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
4474 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4475
4476 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4477 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4478 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4479 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
4480 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4481 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 4482 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 4483 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
4484 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4485 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4486 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4487 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4488
4489 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4490 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4491 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4492 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4493
4494 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4495 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 4496 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 4497 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
4498 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4499 non-directories.
4500
4501 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4502 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4503 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4504
4c0d13bd
LP
4505 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4506 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4507 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4508 this group.
4509
dc1d6c02
LP
4510 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4511 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4512 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4513 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4514 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4515 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4516 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4517
ccddd104 4518 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 4519
6936cd89
LP
4520CHANGES WITH 213:
4521
4522 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 4523 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 4524 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 4525 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 4526 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
4527 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4528 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 4529 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 4530 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
4531 client should be more than appropriate for most
4532 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4533 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4534 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4535 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4536 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 4537 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 4538 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 4539 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 4540 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 4541 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 4542 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 4543
69beda1f
KS
4544 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4545 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
4546 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4547 part of a different namespace.
4548
4549 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4550 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
4551 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4552 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
4553
4554 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4555 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 4556 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
4557
4558 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4559 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 4560 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 4561 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
4562 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4563 restart the service in question.
4564
4565 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
4566 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4567 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4568 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4569 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
4570
4571 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4572 graphs it generates.
4573
4574 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4575 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4576 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4577 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4578 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4579
4580 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4581
4582 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4583 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4584 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4585 what it was on SysV systems.
4586
4587 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4588 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4589
4590 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4591 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4592 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4593 files.
4594
4595 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4596 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4597 to show these addresses in its output.
4598
4599 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4600 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4601 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4602 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4603 preferred over a text one.
4604
4605 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4606 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4607 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4608 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4609 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4610 mDNS cache.
4611
68dd0956
TG
4612 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4613 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4614 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4615 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4616 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4617
6936cd89 4618 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 4619 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 4620 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 4621 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
4622 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4623
8e7acf67
LP
4624 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4625 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4626 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 4627 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
4628 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4629 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4630 overrides any other settings.
4631
4632 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
4633 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4634 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4635 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4636 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4637 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4638 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4639 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4640 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
4641 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4642 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4643 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4644 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4645 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4646 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4647 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
4648 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4649
ccddd104 4650 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 4651
51c61cda
LP
4652CHANGES WITH 212:
4653
4654 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4655 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4656 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4657 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4658 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4659 by accident.
4660
4661 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4662 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4663 registered with machined.
4664
4665 * sd-login gained new calls
4666 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4667 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 4668 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
4669 counterparts.
4670
4671 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4672 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4673 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4674 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4675 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4676 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4677 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4678 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4679 once.
4680
4681 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4682 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4683 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4684
4685 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4686 units on all local containers, when used with the
4687 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4688 executed when no parameters are specified).
4689
4690 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4691 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4692 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4693 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4694
4695 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 4696 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
4697 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4698 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4699 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4700 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4701
4702 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4703 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4704 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4705 of the container.
4706
4707 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4708 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4709 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4710 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4711 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
4712 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4713 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4714 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
4715
4716 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4717 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4718 instead of /.
4719
4720 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4721 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4722 emergency messages now.
4723
4724 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4725 journal log messages across the network.
4726
4727 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4728 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4729 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4730 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4731 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4732 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4733 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4734
4735 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4736 down a local OS container.
4737
4738 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4739 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4740 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4741
4742 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4743 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4744 this is appropriate.
4745
4746 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 4747 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
4748 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4749
4750 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4751 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4752 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4753 for debugging purposes.
4754
4755 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4756 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4757 in seconds.
4758
4759 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4760 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4761 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4762 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4763 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4764 like on traditional inetd.
4765
4766 * A new system.conf configuration option
4767 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4768 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4769
b8bde116 4770 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4771 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4772 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4773 do these days).
4774
b8bde116 4775 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
4776 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4777 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4778 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
4779 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4780 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
4781
4782 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4783 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4784 it will be triggered.
4785
4786 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4787 addresses to its local interfaces.
4788
4789 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4790 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4791 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4792 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4793 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4794 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4795 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4796 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4797 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4798
ccddd104 4799 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 4800
699b6b34
LP
4801CHANGES WITH 211:
4802
4803 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4804 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4805 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4806 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4807 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4808 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4809
4810 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4811 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4812 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4813 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4814 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4815 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4816 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4817 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 4818 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
4819
4820 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4821 matching against device group names.
4822
4823 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4824 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4825 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4826 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 4827 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
4828 though.
4829
4830 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4831 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4832 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 4833 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 4834 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 4835 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
4836 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4837 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 4838 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
4839
4840 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4841 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4842 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4843 (see above). This means that installations made with
4844 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4845 deployed using container managers, completely
4846 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4847 this feature soon, too.)
4848
4849 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4850 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 4851 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
4852 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4853
4854 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4855 using IPv4LL.
4856
4857 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4858 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4859 systemd-networkd.
4860
4861 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4862 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4863 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4864 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4865 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4866
4867 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4868 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4869 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 4870 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
4871 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4872 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4873 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4874 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4875 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4876 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4877 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 4878 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
4879 users.
4880
4881 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4882 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4883 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4884 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4885 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4886 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4887 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4888 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4889 due to a closed lid.
4890
4891 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4892 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4893 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4894 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 4895 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
4896 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4897
4898 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4899 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4900 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4901 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4902 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4903
4904 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4905 now also work in --scope mode.
4906
4907 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4908 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4909 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4910 promises are made.)
4911
4912 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4913 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4914 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4915 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4916 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4917 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4918 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4919 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4920 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4921 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4922
ccddd104 4923 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 4924
43c71255
LP
4925CHANGES WITH 210:
4926
4927 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4928 according to SMACK rules.
4929
67dd87c5 4930 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
4931 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4932
4933 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4934 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4935 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4936
4937 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4938 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4939 and machine ID.
4940
ed28905e 4941 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 4942 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 4943 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
4944 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4945 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 4946 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 4947 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 4948 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
4949 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4950 backpack or similar.
4951
4952 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4953 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 4954 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 4955 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
4956 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4957 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4958 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4959 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4960 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4961 this on its own.
4962
4963 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4964 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4965 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4966 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4967
4968 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4969 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4970 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4971 --network-bridge= switches.
4972
4973 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4974 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4975 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4976 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4977 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4978 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4979 each configuration option.
4980
4981 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 4982 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 4983 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 4984 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
4985 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4986
4987 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4988 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4989 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4990 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4991 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4992
4993 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4994 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4995 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4996 default however.
4997
b8bde116 4998 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
4999 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5000 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 5001 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
5002 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5003 them with systemd-networkd.
5004
d27893ef
LP
5005 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5006 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5007 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 5008 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
5009 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5010 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 5011 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
5012 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5013 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 5014 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 5015 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
5016 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5017 during a transitional period!
5018
13b28d82 5019 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
5020 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5021 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5022 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5023 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5024 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5025 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5026 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5027
ccddd104 5028 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 5029
e49b5aad
LP
5030CHANGES WITH 209:
5031
5032 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5033 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
5034 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5035 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 5036 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
5037 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5038 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 5039 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 5040 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 5041 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
5042 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5043 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
5044
5045 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 5046 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
5047 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5048 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 5049 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
5050
5051 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5052 shutdown/boot.
5053
8b7d0494
JSJ
5054 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5055 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
5056
5057 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5058 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 5059 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
5060 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5061
5062 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5063 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 5064 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 5065 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 5066 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
5067 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5068
dfb08b05
ZJS
5069 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5070 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5071 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 5072 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
5073 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5074 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5075 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5076 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 5077 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 5078
e49b5aad 5079 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 5080 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
5081
5082 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5083 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5084 implementation.
5085
5086 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 5087 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
5088 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5089 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5090 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5091 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5092 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5093 and .service units.
5094
5095 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5096 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5097 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5098
8b7d0494 5099 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 5100 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 5101 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
5102 nothing makes use of it.
5103
5104 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5105 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5106 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5107
5108 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5109 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5110 compatibility purposes.
5111
5112 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5113 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5114 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 5115 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
5116 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5117 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5118 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5119 process handling.
5120
5121 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5122 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5123 style to "sd-bus.h".
5124
7e95eda5
PF
5125 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5126 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
5127 "systemd-networkd".
5128
4c2413bf 5129 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
5130 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5131 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5132 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5133 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
5134
5135 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5136 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5137 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5138 PID1's support for that anymore.
5139
8b7d0494 5140 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
5141 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5142
5143 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5144 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5145 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5146 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5147 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5148 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5149
5150 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 5151 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
5152 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5153 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
5154
5155 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5156 login in any local container. This works with any container
5157 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 5158 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
5159
5160 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5161 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5162 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5163 system of some kind.
5164
5165 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5166 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5167 next.
5168
5169 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5170 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5171 reboot() system call.
5172
5173 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5174 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 5175 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
5176 still available but not advertised anymore.
5177
e49b5aad
LP
5178 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5179 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 5180 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
5181 within each Unit.
5182
270f1624
LP
5183 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5184 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 5185 the kernel).
e49b5aad 5186
4670e9d5 5187 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
5188 timestamps (following the setting in
5189 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
5190
5191 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5192 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5193
5194 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5195 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5196
5197 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5198 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5199 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5200
5201 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5202 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
5203 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5204 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
5205
5206 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5207 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
5208 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5209
5210 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
5211
5212 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5213 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5214
4c2413bf 5215 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
5216 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5217 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5218 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5219
5220 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5221 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5222 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5223 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5224
e49b5aad
LP
5225 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5226 of the legend text.
5227
5228 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5229 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5230 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5231 remote sessions.
5232
8e420494
LP
5233 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5234 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
5235
5236 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5237 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5238 the system manager.
5239
1e190502 5240 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
5241 short description of the connection parameters in the
5242 description.
5243
4c2413bf 5244 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 5245 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 5246 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
5247 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5248 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5249 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5250 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 5251
c0c5af00 5252 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 5253 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 5254 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
5255 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5256 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5257 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 5258 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 5259 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
5260 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5261
6300b3ec
LP
5262 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5263 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5264 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5265 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
5266 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5267 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 5268 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 5269 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
5270 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5271 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5272 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5273 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5274 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5275 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5276 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5277 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5278 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5279 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5280 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 5281 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 5282 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
5283 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5284 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5285
8b7d0494 5286 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 5287 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
5288 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5289 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5290 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 5291 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
5292 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5293 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 5294 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 5295 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
5296 APIs.
5297
5298 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 5299 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 5300 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
5301 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5302 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5303 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 5304
81c7dd89 5305 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 5306 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 5307 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 5308 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 5309 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
5310 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5311 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5312 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5313 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5314 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5315 one of them is updated.
5316
e49b5aad 5317 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 5318 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
5319 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5320 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5321 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5322
5323 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5324 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5325 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 5326 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 5327 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
5328 entry points.
5329
5330 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5331 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5332 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5333 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 5334 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
5335
5336 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 5337 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
5338 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5339 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5340
1e190502
ZJS
5341 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5342 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5343 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 5344
000b1ba5 5345 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
1e190502
ZJS
5346 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5347 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
5348
5349 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5350 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 5351 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
5352
5353 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5354 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
5355
5356 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 5357 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 5358 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 5359 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
5360 all remaining processes of the service.
5361
4c2413bf
JE
5362 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5363 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
5364 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5365 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5366 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 5367 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
5368 manager process which created them takes no further
5369 responsibilities for it.
5370
1e190502 5371 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
5372 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5373 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5374 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5375 marked executable or world-writable.
5376
5377 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 5378 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
5379 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5380 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
5381
5382 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5383 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 5384 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 5385 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
5386
5387 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5388 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 5389 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
5390 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5391
5392 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5393 with specific SELinux labels set.
5394
5395 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5396 any additional output but the container's own console
5397 output.
5398
5399 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5400 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5401
5402 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 5403 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 5404 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
5405 OS images, but only specific apps.
5406
5407 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 5408 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 5409 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 5410 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
5411
5412 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5413 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 5414 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
5415 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5416 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5417 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 5418
6afc95b7
LP
5419 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5420 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 5421 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
5422 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5423 units to use.
6afc95b7 5424
e49b5aad
LP
5425 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5426 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5427 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5428 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5429
5430 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5431 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5432 context for a service.
5433
5434 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5435 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
5436 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5437 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
5438 influence this logic.
5439
5440 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5441 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5442 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5443 other things.
5444
4c2413bf 5445 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 5446 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
5447 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5448 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
5449 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5450 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5451 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 5452 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 5453 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
5454 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5455
210054d7
KS
5456 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5457 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5458
e49b5aad
LP
5459 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5460 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5461 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5462 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5463 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5464 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5465 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5466 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5467 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5468 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5469 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5470 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5471 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5472 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5473 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5474 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5475 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5476 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5477 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5478 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5479 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5480 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5481 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5482 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5483
ccddd104 5484 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 5485
cd4010b3
LP
5486CHANGES WITH 208:
5487
5488 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5489 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5490 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5491 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5492 access input and drm devices which are normally
5493 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5494 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5495 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5496 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5497 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5498 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5499 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5500 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5501
5502 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 5503 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
5504 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5505
5506 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5507 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5508 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5509 kernel version number.
5510
5511 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5512 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 5513 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
5514
5515 * This release removes high-level support for the
5516 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5517 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5518 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 5519 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
5520
5521 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5522 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5523 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
5524 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5525 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
5526 cgroup system.
5527
5528 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5529 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5530 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5531 logs among other things.
5532
5533 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5534 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5535 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5536 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5537 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5538 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5539 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5540 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5541 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5542 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5543 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5544 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5545 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5546 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5547 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5548 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5549 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5550 not delayed until next reboot.
5551
5552 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5553 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5554 systemd generated files in one directory.
5555
5556 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5557 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5558 performance information if that's available to determine how
5559 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5560 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5561 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5562
5563 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5564 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5565 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5566 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5567 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5568 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5569 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5570
ccddd104 5571 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 5572
4f0be680
LP
5573CHANGES WITH 207:
5574
5575 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 5576 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
5577 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5578 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5579
5580 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5581 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5582 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5583 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5584 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5585
5586 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5587 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5588
5589 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5590 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5591 maximum number of tries.
5592
5593 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5594 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5595 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5596
5597 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5598 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5599
5600 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5601 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 5602 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 5603
f3a165b0
KS
5604 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5605 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
5606 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5607
5608 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5609 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 5610 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
5611 and type).
5612
f3a165b0 5613 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
5614 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5615
5616 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5617 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 5618 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
5619 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5620
5621 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5622 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5623 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5624 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5625 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5626 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5627 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5628 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5629
5630 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5631 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5632 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5633 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5634
387abf80
LP
5635 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5636 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5637 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5638 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5639 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5640 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5641 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 5642
4f0be680
LP
5643 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5644 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5645
5646 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5647 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5648 automatically after the process terminated.
5649
5650 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5651 certain paths from operation.
5652
5653 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
5654 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5655 is received.
4f0be680
LP
5656
5657 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5658 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5659 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5660 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5661 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5662 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5663 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5664 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5665 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5666 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5667 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5668 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5669 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5670
ccddd104 5671 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 5672
408f281b
LP
5673CHANGES WITH 206:
5674
5675 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5676 concepts introduced with 205.
5677
5678 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5679 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5680 -r".
5681
5682 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5683 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 5684 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
5685
5686 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5687 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5688 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5689 the journal.
5690
5691 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5692 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5693 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5694
5695 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5696 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5697 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5698 browsing logs from that point on.
5699
5700 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5701 of an FSS key.
5702
251cc819
LP
5703 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5704 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5705 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5706 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5707 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 5708 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
5709 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5710 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5711 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5712 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5713 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5714 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5715 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5716 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5717
5718 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5719 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 5720 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 5721 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
5722
5723 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5724 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5725
5726 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5727 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5728
251cc819
LP
5729 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5730 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
5731
5732 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5733
5734 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5735 support for passing performance data via environment
5736 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5737 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5738 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5739 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5740 deserialize it again.
5741
28f5c779
KS
5742 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5743 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5744 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5745 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 5746
251cc819
LP
5747 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5748 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5749 completely silent shutdown when used.
5750
5751 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5752 option in .socket units.
5753
5754 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5755 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5756 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5757 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5758 system.slice as before.
5759
5760 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5761
5762 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5763 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5764 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5765 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5766 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5767 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5768 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5769
ccddd104 5770 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 5771
00aa832b
LP
5772CHANGES WITH 205:
5773
5774 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5775
5776 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 5777 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
5778 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5779 possible for system services and applications to group their
5780 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5781 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5782 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5783
5784 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 5785 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
5786 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5787 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5788 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5789
5790 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5791 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5792 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5793 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5794
5795 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5796 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5797 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5798 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5799 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5800 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5801 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5802 and useful as a general batch manager.
5803
5804 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5805 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5806 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5807 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5808 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5809 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5810 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5811 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5812 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5813 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5814
5815 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5816 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5817 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5818 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5819 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5820 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5821 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5822 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5823 is compile-time optional.
5824
5825 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5826 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5827 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5828 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5829 well as slice units.
5830
5831 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5832 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5833 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5834 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5835 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5836 command that wraps this call.
5837
5838 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5839 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5840 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5841 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5842 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5843 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5844 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5845
5846 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5847 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5848 off audit.
5849
5850 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5851 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5852
5853 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5854 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5855 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5856 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
5857
5858 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5859 snippets extending unit files.
5860
5861 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5862 not available as public API.
5863
5864 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 5865 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
5866 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5867
5868 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5869 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5870 controls what to boot into by default.
5871
1fda0ab5
ZJS
5872 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5873 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5874
00aa832b
LP
5875 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5876 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5877 about the unit file loading.
5878
00aa832b
LP
5879 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5880 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5881 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5882 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5883 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5884 racy due to journal file rotation.
5885
5886 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5887 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5888 all services.
5889
5890 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5891 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5892 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5893 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5894 system services want to log events about specific client
5895 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5896 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5897 unit is requested.
5898
5899 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5900 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5901 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5902 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5903 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5904 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5905 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5906 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5907 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5908 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5909 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5910 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5911 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5912
606c24e3
LP
5913CHANGES WITH 204:
5914
5915 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5916 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5917
5918 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5919 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5920 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5921
5922 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5923 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5924
2f3fcf85
LP
5925CHANGES WITH 203:
5926
5927 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5928 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5929
5930 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5931 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5932 fields, including the root directory.
5933
5934 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5935 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 5936 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
5937 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5938 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5939 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5940 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5941 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5942 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5943 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5944 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5945
5946 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5947 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5948
5949 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5950 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5951
5952 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5953 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5954 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5955 the local hostname.
5956
5957 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5958 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5959 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5960 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5961 VMs/containers coming and going.
5962
5963 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5964 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5965 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5966
5967 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5968 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5969 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5970 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5971
5972 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5973 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5974 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5975
5976 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5977 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5978 services. With the container's root directory in
5979 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5980 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5981
5982 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5983 the processes within a certain container.
5984
5985 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5986 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5987 check though. Patches welcome!
5988
5989 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5990 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5991 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5992 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5993 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5994
5995 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5996 the passed argument if applicable.
5997
5998 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5999 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6000 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6001 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6002 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6003 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6004 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6005 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6006
ef3b5246
LP
6007CHANGES WITH 202:
6008
6009 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6010 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6011 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6012 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6013 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6014 units activate.
6015
6016 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6017 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6018 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6019 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6020 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6021 for now, and not installable.
6022
6023 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6024 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6025 can run in conjunction with udev.
6026
6027 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6028 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6029 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6030 session manager.
6031
6032 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6033 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6034 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6035 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6036 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6037 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6038 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 6039 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
6040 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6041 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6042 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6043
6044 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6045
6046 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6047 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6048 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6049 logical expressions.
6050
6051 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6052 switches.
6053
6054 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6055 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 6056 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
6057 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6058 the user.
6059
cbeabcfb
ZJS
6060 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6061 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6062 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6063 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6064 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6065 an entry.
6066
ef3b5246
LP
6067 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6068 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6069 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6070 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6071 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6072 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6073
d3a86981
LP
6074CHANGES WITH 201:
6075
6076 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6077 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6078 directory.
6079
6080 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6081 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6082 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6083 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6084 problem.
6085
6086 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6087 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6088 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6089 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6090
6091 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6092 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6093
6094 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6095 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6096 files in this context are files such as
6097 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6098
6099 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6100 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6101 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6102 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6103 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6104 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6105
6106 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6107 hostnames.
6108
6109 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6110 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6111 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6112 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6113 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6114 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6115 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6116 all time-related output of systemd.
6117
6118 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6119 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6120 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6121 loops.
6122
6123 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6124 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6125
6126 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6127 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 6128 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
6129 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6130 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6131
6132 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6133 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6134 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6135 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6136 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6137 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6138 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6139
9ca3c17f
LP
6140CHANGES WITH 200:
6141
6142 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6143 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6144 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6145 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6146 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6147 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6148
6149 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6150 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6151 images.
6152
6153 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6154 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6155 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6156
35911459
LP
6157CHANGES WITH 199:
6158
6159 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6160
6161 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6162 security policy.
6163
6164 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6165 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6166 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6167 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6168 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6169 the same service can still access). When a service is
6170 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 6171 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
6172 this though).
6173
6174 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6175 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6176 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6177 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6178 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6179 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6180
6181 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 6182 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
6183
6184 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6185 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6186
56cadcb6 6187 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 6188
c20d8298 6189 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
6190 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6191 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6192 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6193 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
6194
6195 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6196 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6197 system is to be mounted.
6198
6199 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6200 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6201 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6202 purpose for socket units.
6203
6a7d3d68
LP
6204 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6205 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6206
a87197f5
ZJS
6207 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6208 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 6209 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 6210 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 6211 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 6212
35911459
LP
6213 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6214 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6215 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6216 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6217 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6218 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6219 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6220 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6221 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6222
85d68397
LP
6223CHANGES WITH 198:
6224
6225 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6226 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6227 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6228 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6229 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 6230 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
6231 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6232 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6233 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
6234 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6235 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
6236 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6237 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6238 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6239 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 6240 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
6241 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6242 for them too.
6243
6244 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 6245 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
6246 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6247 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6248 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6249 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6250 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
6251 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6252 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
6253
6254 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6255 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6256
40e21da8 6257 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
6258 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6259 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6260 other users.
6261
6262 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6263 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6264 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6265 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6266 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 6267 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
6268 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6269 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 6270 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
6271 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6272 supported.
6273
6274 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
6275 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6276 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
6277
6278 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6279 call.
6280
6aa8d43a
LP
6281 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6282 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6283 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
6284 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6285 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6286 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
6287 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6288 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6289 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6290 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6291 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6292 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6293 also been removed.
85d68397 6294
40e21da8 6295 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 6296 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
6297 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6298 objects themselves.
6299
6300 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6301
6302 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6303 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 6304 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
6305 to how this is supported in shells.
6306
6307 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6308 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6309 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6310 user systemd instance.
6311
6312 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6313 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6314 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6315 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6316 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6317 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6318 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6319 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6320 one day for good in the kernel.
6321
6322 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6323 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6324 container.
6325
40e21da8 6326 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 6327 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
6328 the host into the container.
6329
6330 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
6331 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6332 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6333 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6334 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6335 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 6336
56cadcb6 6337 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
6338
6339 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6340 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
6341 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6342 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
6343
6344 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6345 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6346 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6347 system resume events.
6348
6349 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6350 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 6351 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 6352 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
6353
6354 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6355 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6356 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6357 card).
6358
6359 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6360 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6361 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6362
bf933560
KS
6363 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6364 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6365 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
6366
6367 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6368 now carry a message ID.
6369
6370 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6371 continues to be work in progress.
6372
6373 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6374 root directory to operate relative to.
6375
40e21da8
KS
6376 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6377 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
6378 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6379 times a little.
6380
6381 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6382 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6383 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6384 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6385 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6386 request boot into firmware operations.
6387
6388 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6389 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6390 correctly in initrds.
6391
6392 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6393 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6394
6395 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6396 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6397
6398 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6399 the status of all active or failed units.
6400
6401 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6402 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6403 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 6404 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
6405 requests more robust.
6406
6407 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6408 reading journal files.
6409
6410 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6411 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6412
56cadcb6 6413 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
6414
6415 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 6416 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
6417
6418 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6419 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6420 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6421 socket activation in daemons.
6422
6423 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6424 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6425
43447fb7
LP
6426 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6427 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6428 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6429
85d68397 6430 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 6431 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
6432 system units.
6433
6434 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6435 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6436 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6437
6438 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6439 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6440 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 6441 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
6442 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6443 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6444 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6445 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6446 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6447 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6448 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 6449 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
6450 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6451 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6452 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6453 package installation time.
6454
6455 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6456 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6457 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6458 installation time.
6459
6460 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6461 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6462
6463 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6464
40e21da8
KS
6465 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6466 available.
85d68397 6467
1aed4590
LP
6468 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6469 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6470
85d68397
LP
6471 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6472 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6473 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6474 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6475 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6476 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6477 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6478 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6479 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6480 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6481 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6482 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6483 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6484 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6485
8ad26859
LP
6486CHANGES WITH 197:
6487
6488 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6489 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6490 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6491 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6492 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6493 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6494 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6495 the supported calendar time specification language see
6496 systemd.time(7).
6497
6498 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6499 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6500 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6501 document for details:
6502
56cadcb6 6503 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
6504
6505 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
6506 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6507 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
6508 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6509 dependencies.
6510
6511 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6512 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6513 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6514 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6515 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6516 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6517 with a configure switch.
6518
6519 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6520 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6521 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6522 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6523 such as ext4.
6524
6525 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6526 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6527 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6528
6529 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6530 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6531
6532 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6533 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6534 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6535 using only core OS tools.
6536
6537 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6538 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6539 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6540 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6541 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6542 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6543 eventually.
6544
6545 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6546 presenting log data.
6547
6548 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 6549 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
6550
6551 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6552 system on idle.
6553
6554 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6555 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6556 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6557 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6558 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6559 information if possible.
6560
6561 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6562 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6563 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6564
6565 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6566 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6567 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6568 is running on battery power.
6569
6570 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6571 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6572 is in the "failed" state.
6573
6574 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6575 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6576 environment files at once.
6577
6578 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6579 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6580 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6581 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6582 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6583 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6584 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6585 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6586 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6587 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6588 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6589 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6590 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6591
6592 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6593 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6594
6595 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6596 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6597
6598 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6599 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6600 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6601 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
6602 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6603 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
6604 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6605 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6606 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6607 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6608 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6609 shipped from us upstream.
6610
6611 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6612 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6613 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6614 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6615 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6616 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6617 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6618 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6619 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6620 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6621 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6622 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6623 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6624
0428ddb7
LP
6625CHANGES WITH 196:
6626
6627 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6628 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6629 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6630 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6631 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6632 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6633 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6634 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 6635 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 6636 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
6637 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6638 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6639 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
6640 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6641 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6642 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6643 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6644 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6645 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6646
6647 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6648 indexed database to link up additional information with
6649 journal entries. For further details please check:
6650
56cadcb6 6651 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
6652
6653 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6654 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6655 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6656 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6657 macro for this purpose.
6658
6659 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6660 Python logging framework.
6661
6662 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6663 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6664 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6665 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 6666 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
6667 time intervals.
6668
6669 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6670 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6671 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6672
6673 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6674 right-away on the selected coredump.
6675
6676 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6677 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6678 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6679
6680 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6681 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6682 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6683 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6684
6685 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6686 default.
6687
6688 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6689 SMACK security label.
6690
6691 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6692 daylight saving change.
6693
6694 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6695 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6696 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6697 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6698 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6699 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6700 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6701
6702 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6703 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6704 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6705 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6706 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6707 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 6708 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
6709 PolicyKit is not around.
6710
6711 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6712 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6713
6714 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6715 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6716 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6717 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6718 offline updating tools.
6719
6720 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6721 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6722 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6723 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6724 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6725 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6726
6727 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6728 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6729
6730 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6731 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6732 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6733 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6734 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6735 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6736 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6737 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6738 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6739
139ee8cc
LP
6740CHANGES WITH 195:
6741
6827101a 6742 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
6743 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6744 units via --unit=/-u.
6745
6827101a 6746 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
6747 right thing.
6748
6749 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6750 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6751 rotation.
6752
6753 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6754 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6755 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6756 completion of journalctl has been updated
6757 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6758 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6759
6760 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6761 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6762
6763 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6764 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6765 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6766 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6767 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6768 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6769 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6770 completion.
6771
6772 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6773 extract coredumps from the journal.
6774
6775 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6776 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6777 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6778 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6779 scratch their heads.
6780
6781 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6782 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6783
6784 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6785 in immediate termination of systemd.
6786
6787 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6788 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6789
6790 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6791 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6792 mouse screen support has been added.
6793
6794 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6795 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6796
1cb88f2c 6797 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
6798 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6799 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6800 "systemctl reload".
6801
15f47220 6802 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
6803 -u" instead.
6804
6805 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6806 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6807 configured.
6808
6809 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6810 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6811
6812 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6813 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
6814 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6815 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6816 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6817 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6818 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 6819
f9b55720
LP
6820CHANGES WITH 194:
6821
6822 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6823 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6824 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6825 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6826 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6827 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6828 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6829 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6830 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6831 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6832 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6833 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6834
6835 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6836 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6837 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6838
597c52cf
LP
6839CHANGES WITH 193:
6840
6841 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6842 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6843
6844 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6845 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6846 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6847
6848 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6849 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6850 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6851 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6852 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6853 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6854 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6855
6856 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6857 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6858
6859 This will download the journal contents in a
6860 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6861
6862 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6863
6864 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6865 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6866 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6867 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6868 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6869
6870 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6871
6872 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6873 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6874
075d4ecb
LP
6875CHANGES WITH 192:
6876
6877 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6878 too.
6879
d28315e4 6880 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
6881 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6882 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 6883 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
6884 just start them.
6885
6886 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6887 and line break accordingly.
6888
597c52cf
LP
6889 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6890 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 6891
b6a86739
LP
6892CHANGES WITH 191:
6893
6894 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6895 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6896 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6897 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6898 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6899
6900 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6901 will default to 10 if omitted.
6902
6903 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6904 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6905 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6906 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 6907 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
6908
6909 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6910 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6911 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6912 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6913 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6914 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 6915 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
6916
6917 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6918 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 6919 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 6920 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
6921 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6922 into two.
6923
597c52cf
LP
6924 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6925 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 6926
0c11f949
LP
6927CHANGES WITH 190:
6928
d28315e4 6929 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
6930 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6931 "systemctl status".
6932
6933 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6934 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 6935 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
6936 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6937 field.)
6938
6939 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6940 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6941 default.
6942
6943 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6944 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6945 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6946 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6947 in a container.
6948
6949 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6950 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6951 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6952 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6953 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6954 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6955
6956 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6957 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6958 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6959 no-op.
6960
6961 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6962 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6963 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6964 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6965 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6966
6967 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6968 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6969
6970 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6971 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6972 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6973 command.
6974
6975 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6976 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6977 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6978
6979 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6980
6981 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6982 multiple files at once.
6983
6984 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6985 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6986 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6987 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6988 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6989 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6990 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6991
a98d5d64
LP
6992 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6993 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6994 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
6995
6996 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6997 dir: %_presetdir.
6998
d28315e4 6999 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 7000 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
7001
7002 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7003 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7004 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7005 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7006 anymore.
7007
aaccc32c 7008 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
7009 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7010 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7011 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7012
7013 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7014 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7015 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7016
7017 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7018 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7019 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7020 sockets.
7021
7022 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7023 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7024 is changed.
7025
7026 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7027 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7028 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7029 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7030 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 7031 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
7032 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7033
7034 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7035
7036 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7037 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7038
aad803af
LP
7039 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7040 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7041
7042 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7043 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7044 (%b).
7045
b6a86739 7046 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
7047 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7048 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7049 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7050 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7051 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7052 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7053
38a60d71
LP
7054CHANGES WITH 189:
7055
7056 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7057 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7058
7059 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7060 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7061 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7062 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7063 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7064 syslog daemons again.
7065
7066 * The libudev API gained the new
7067 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7068
7069 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7070 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7071 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7072 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7073
7074 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7075 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7076 container.
7077
7078 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7079 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7080 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7081 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7082 this explaining it in more detail.
7083
7084 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7085 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7086 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7087 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7088
7089 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7090 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7091 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7092 journal files.
7093
7094 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7095 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7096 as container init process a lot more fun.
7097
7098 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7099 entries.
7100
7101 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7102 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7103 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7104 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7105 different sets of services.
7106
7107 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7108 failure state.
7109
b6a86739 7110 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
7111 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7112 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7113
c269cec3
LP
7114CHANGES WITH 188:
7115
7116 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7117 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7118 tree a lot more organized.
7119
7120 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7121 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7122
7123 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7124 services.
7125
7126 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7127 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7128 filtering by log level now.
7129
7130 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7131 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7132 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7133
ab06eef8 7134 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
7135 command lines involving service unit names.
7136
7137 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7138 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7139
7140 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7141 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7142 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7143
7144 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7145 option.
7146
7147 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7148 a shutdown is cancelled.
7149
7150 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7151 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7152 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7153 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7154 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7155
7156 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7157 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7158 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7159 for display managers instead.
7160
7161 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7162 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7163 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7164 protection, and suchlike.
7165
7166 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7167 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7168 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7169 the service.
7170
7171 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7172 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7173 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7174 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7175 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7176 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7177
c4f1b862
LP
7178CHANGES WITH 187:
7179
7180 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7181 pages.
7182
7183 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7184 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7185 data loss.
7186
c269cec3 7187 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
7188 option.
7189
7190 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7191
7192 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7193 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7194
7195 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7196 specific directory.
7197
7198 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7199 messages of two different boots.
7200
7201 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7202 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7203 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7204
7205 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7206 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7207 disjunctions.
7208
7209 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7210 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7211 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7212
7213 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7214 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7215 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7216
7217 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7218 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7219 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7220 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7221 speed things up a bit.
7222
7223 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7224 header data of journal files.
7225
7226 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7227 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7228 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7229
7230 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7231 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7232 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7233 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7234
7235 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7236
7237 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7238 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7239 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7240 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7241
b5b4c94a
LP
7242CHANGES WITH 186:
7243
7244 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7245 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7246 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7247 prefixed with rd.
7248
7249 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7250 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7251
7252 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7253
7254 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7255
d1f9edaf 7256 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
7257
7258 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7259 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7260 as well.
7261
7262 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7263 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7264 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7265
7266 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7267 does the right thing. Example:
7268
7269 udevadm info /dev/sda
7270 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7271
7272 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7273 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7274 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7275 running.
7276
7277 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7278 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7279
7280 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7281 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7282
7283 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7284 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7285 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7286 files.
7287
7288 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7289 be stopped that is not loaded.
7290
7291 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7292
7293 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7294
7295 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7296 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7297 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7298 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7299
7300 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7301 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7302 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7303 completed initialization.
7304
7305 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7306
7307 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7308 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7309 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7310 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7311 distributions.
7312
7313 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7314 always valid when services log to the journal via
7315 STDOUT/STDERR.
7316
7317 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7318 command line options we understand.
7319
7320 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7321 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7322
91ac7425 7323 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
7324 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7325
7326 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7327 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7328 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7329 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7330
7331 systemctl status /home
7332 systemctl status /dev/sda
7333
7334 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7335 system.conf parsing.
7336
7337 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7338 Manager object.
7339
ce830873 7340 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
7341
7342 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7343
7344 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7345 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7346 complete.
7347
7348 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7349 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7350 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7351 systemd-fsck@.service.
7352
7353 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7354 Manager object.
7355
7356 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7357 work sensibly.
7358
7359 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7360 we actually understand.
7361
7362 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7363 additional capabilities to the container.
7364
7365 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 7366 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
7367 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7368
7369 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7370 the current boot only.
7371
7372 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7373 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7374
7375 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7376 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7377 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7378 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7379 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7380
c4f1b862 7381 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 7382
2d938ac7
LP
7383 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7384 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7385 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7386 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 7387
2d197285 7388CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 7389
2d197285
KS
7390 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7391 available.
7392
7393 * Several new man pages have been added.
7394
b5b4c94a
LP
7395 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7396 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7397 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7398 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 7399
b5b4c94a
LP
7400 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7401 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
7402
7403 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7404 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7405 Matthias Clasen
7406
4c8cd173 7407CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 7408
4c8cd173
LP
7409 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7410 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7411
7412 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7413 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7414 daemon.
7415
7416 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7417 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7418
7419 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7420 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7421 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7422 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7423
ea5943d3 7424CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 7425
187076d4
LP
7426 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7427 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7428 and systemd's most recent version number.
7429
194bbe33
KS
7430 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7431 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7432 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7433 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7434 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 7435 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 7436
91cf7e5c 7437 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
7438 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7439 subsystems.
64661ee7 7440
2d13da88
KS
7441 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7442 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7443 used to subscribe to events.
7444
194bbe33
KS
7445 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7446 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7447 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7448 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 7449 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
7450 forked by udev rules.
7451
f13b388f
KS
7452 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7453 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7454 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7455 it.
7456
ea5943d3 7457 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
7458 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7459 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7460 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 7461 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 7462
ea5943d3 7463 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 7464 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
7465
7466 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7467 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7468 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7469 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7470
ea5943d3
LP
7471 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7472 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7473 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7474 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7475 to be used as drop-in files.
7476
7477 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 7478 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
7479
7480 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7481 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7482 about this in more detail.
7483
7484 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 7485 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
7486 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7487 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7488 from git history and add them downstream.
7489
7490 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7491 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 7492 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
7493 units.
7494
7495 * All smaller setup units (such as
7496 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7497 are run in a container and are skipped when
7498 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7499 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7500
7501 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7502 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 7503 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
7504
7505 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7506 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7507 messages.
7508
439d6dfd
LP
7509 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7510 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
7511 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7512 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7513 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7514
7515 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7516 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7517 for all units started by PID 1.
7518
7519 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7520 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7521 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7522
3943231c
LP
7523 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7524 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
7525
7526 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7527 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 7528 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
7529
7530 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7531 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7532 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7533 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7534 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7535 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7536
7537 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7538 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7539
7540 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7541
7542 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7543 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7544 so sexy.
7545
7546 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7547 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7548 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7549 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7550 patterns.
7551
7552 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7553 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7554 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7555 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7556
7557 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7558 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7559
7560 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7561 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7562 in systemd now.
7563
7564 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7565 ID on the command line.
7566
f8c0a2cb 7567 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
7568 for an init system.
7569
7570 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7571 vt100.
7572
7573 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7574
7575 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 7576 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
7577
7578 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7579
7580 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7581 container in other hierarchies.
7582
7583 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7584 system.conf.
7585
7586 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7587
7588 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7589 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7590
d28315e4 7591 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
7592 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7593
7594 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7595 locally generated journal files.
7596
7597 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7598
7599 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7600
79849bf9
LP
7601 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7602 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7603 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7604 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7605 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7606 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7607 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7608 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7609 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7610 Gundersen
7611
16f1239e 7612CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 7613
16f1239e
LP
7614 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7615
7616 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7617 KVM or container configured UUID.
7618
7619 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7620
7621 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7622
ab06eef8 7623 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
7624 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7625
ce830873 7626 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
7627
7628 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7629 folks
7630
7631 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 7632 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
7633 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7634
7635 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7636 configuration
7637
7638 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7639 free fashion
7640
7641 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7642 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 7643 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
7644 automatically generated data.
7645
7646 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7647 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7648 however.
7649
7650 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7651 tarball.
7652
7653 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7654 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7655 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7656 Reding
7657
437b7dee 7658CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 7659
437b7dee
LP
7660 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7661
7662 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7663
7664 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7665
45afd519 7666 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
7667 normal user logins.
7668
7669 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7670 Biebl
7671
204fa33c 7672CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 7673
204fa33c
LP
7674 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7675
7676 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7677 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7678 xsltproc.
7679
7680 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7681 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7682 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7683
7684 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7685 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7686 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7687
7688 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7689
7690 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7691 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7692 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7693
e0d25329 7694CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 7695
e0d25329
KS
7696 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7697 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7698 package update.
7699
b13df964
LP
7700 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7701 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7702 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7703
7704 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7705 complete.
7706
7707 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7708 understood to set system wide environment variables
7709 dynamically at boot.
7710
e9c1ea9d 7711 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 7712
353e12c2
LP
7713 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7714 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7715 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7716 files.
7717
b13df964
LP
7718 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7719 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7720 William Douglas
7721
d26e4270 7722CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 7723
d26e4270
LP
7724 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7725
7726 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7727 "Result" D-Bus property.
7728
7729 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7730 the next few releases.)
7731
7732 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7733 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7734 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7735 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7736
b13df964
LP
7737 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7738 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7739 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7740
220a21d3 7741CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 7742
220a21d3
LP
7743 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7744 bugfixes.
7745
7746 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7747 resource usage.
7748
7749 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7750 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7751 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7752 journals by the respective users.
7753
7754 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7755 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7756 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7757
7758 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7759 client for all entries.
7760
7761 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7762
7763 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7764 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7765
7766 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7767 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7768 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7769 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7770
7771 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7772 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7773 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7774
7775 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7776 journal along with meta data.
7777
7778 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7779 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7780 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7781
7782 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7783 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 7784 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
7785
7786 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7787
7788 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7789 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7790 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7791 or fsck.
7792
d28315e4 7793 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
7794 requested with new -k switch.
7795
7796 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7797 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7798
7799CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 7800
220a21d3
LP
7801 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7802 bugfixes.
7803
7804 * The git repository moved to:
7805 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7806 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7807
7808 * First release with the journal
7809 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7810
7811 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7812 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7813
7814 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7815
7816 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7817
7818 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7819 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7820 remote mounts.
7821
7822 * Added Mageia support
7823
7824 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7825
7826 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7827 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7828 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7829 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7830 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7831
7832 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7833 of existing distributions.
7834
7835 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7836 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7837
7838 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7839 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7840 boot.
7841
7842 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7843
7844 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7845 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7846 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7847 among other things.
7848
7849 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7850 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7851
7852 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7853
ce830873 7854 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
7855 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7856 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7857
7858 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7859 restored.
7860
7861 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7862 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7863 kmod
7864
d28315e4 7865 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
7866 of /usr/local by default.
7867
7868 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7869 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7870 in:
56cadcb6 7871 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
7872
7873 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7874 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7875 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7876 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7877 supported anyway, and bad style).
7878
7879 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7880 reloading of units together.
7881
4c8cd173 7882 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
7883 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7884 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7885 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7886 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek